Sema.h revision 2434dcfb022778b06cfd257d830d0249680b87cf
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
43#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
51#include <deque>
52#include <string>
53#include <vector>
54
55namespace llvm {
56  class APSInt;
57  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
58  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
59  class SmallBitVector;
60}
61
62namespace clang {
63  class ADLResult;
64  class ASTConsumer;
65  class ASTContext;
66  class ASTMutationListener;
67  class ASTReader;
68  class ASTWriter;
69  class ArrayType;
70  class AttributeList;
71  class BlockDecl;
72  class CapturedDecl;
73  class CXXBasePath;
74  class CXXBasePaths;
75  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
76  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
77  class CXXConstructorDecl;
78  class CXXConversionDecl;
79  class CXXDestructorDecl;
80  class CXXFieldCollector;
81  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
82  class CXXMethodDecl;
83  class CXXScopeSpec;
84  class CXXTemporary;
85  class CXXTryStmt;
86  class CallExpr;
87  class ClassTemplateDecl;
88  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
89  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
90  class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
91  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
92  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
93  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
94  class CodeCompletionResult;
95  class Decl;
96  class DeclAccessPair;
97  class DeclContext;
98  class DeclRefExpr;
99  class DeclaratorDecl;
100  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
101  class DependentDiagnostic;
102  class DesignatedInitExpr;
103  class Designation;
104  class EnumConstantDecl;
105  class Expr;
106  class ExtVectorType;
107  class ExternalSemaSource;
108  class FormatAttr;
109  class FriendDecl;
110  class FunctionDecl;
111  class FunctionProtoType;
112  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
113  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
114  class InitListExpr;
115  class InitializationKind;
116  class InitializationSequence;
117  class InitializedEntity;
118  class IntegerLiteral;
119  class LabelStmt;
120  class LambdaExpr;
121  class LangOptions;
122  class LocalInstantiationScope;
123  class LookupResult;
124  class MacroInfo;
125  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
126  class NamedDecl;
127  class NonNullAttr;
128  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
129  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
130  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
131  class ObjCContainerDecl;
132  class ObjCImplDecl;
133  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
134  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
135  class ObjCIvarDecl;
136  template <class T> class ObjCList;
137  class ObjCMessageExpr;
138  class ObjCMethodDecl;
139  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
140  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
141  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
142  class OMPClause;
143  class OverloadCandidateSet;
144  class OverloadExpr;
145  class ParenListExpr;
146  class ParmVarDecl;
147  class Preprocessor;
148  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
149  class PseudoObjectExpr;
150  class QualType;
151  class StandardConversionSequence;
152  class Stmt;
153  class StringLiteral;
154  class SwitchStmt;
155  class TargetAttributesSema;
156  class TemplateArgument;
157  class TemplateArgumentList;
158  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
159  class TemplateDecl;
160  class TemplateParameterList;
161  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
162  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
163  class Token;
164  class TypeAliasDecl;
165  class TypedefDecl;
166  class TypedefNameDecl;
167  class TypeLoc;
168  class UnqualifiedId;
169  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
170  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
171  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
172  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
173  class UsingDecl;
174  class UsingShadowDecl;
175  class ValueDecl;
176  class VarDecl;
177  class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
178  class VisibilityAttr;
179  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
180  class IndirectFieldDecl;
181  struct DeductionFailureInfo;
182  class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
183
184namespace sema {
185  class AccessedEntity;
186  class BlockScopeInfo;
187  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
188  class CapturingScopeInfo;
189  class CompoundScopeInfo;
190  class DelayedDiagnostic;
191  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
192  class FunctionScopeInfo;
193  class LambdaScopeInfo;
194  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
195  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
196}
197
198// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
199// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
200typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
201                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
202
203/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
204class Sema {
205  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
206  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
207  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
208
209  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
210  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
211
212  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
213  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
214
215  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
216
217  static bool
218  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
219    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
220    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
221    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
222    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
223    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
224    // with internal linkage.
225    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
226  }
227
228public:
229  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
230  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
231  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
232
233  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
234  FPOptions FPFeatures;
235
236  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
237  Preprocessor &PP;
238  ASTContext &Context;
239  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
240  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
241  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
242
243  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
244  bool CollectStats;
245
246  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
247  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
248
249  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
250  DeclContext *CurContext;
251
252  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
253  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
254  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
255
256  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
257  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
258  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
259
260  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
261  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
262  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
263
264  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
265
266  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
267  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
268
269  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
270  ///
271  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
272  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
273  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
274
275  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
276  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
277  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
278
279  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
280  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
281  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
282  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
283
284  /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
285  ///  that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
286  ///  be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
287  ///  and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
288  ///  of the enclosing full expression.  This is cleared at the end of each
289  ///  full expression.
290  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
291
292  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
293  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
294  ///
295  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
296  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
297  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
298  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
299
300  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
301                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
302    ExtVectorDeclsType;
303
304  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
305  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
306  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
307  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
308
309  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
310  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
311
312  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
313
314  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
315  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
316
317  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
318
319  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
320  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
321  /// same list more than once.
322  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
323
324  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
325  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
326  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
327
328  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
329  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
330  ///
331  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
332  /// scopes, e.g.,
333  ///
334  /// \code
335  /// extern "C" void f() {
336  ///   void foo(int, int);
337  /// }
338  /// \endcode
339  ///
340  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
341  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
342  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
343  ///
344  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
345  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
346  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
347  ///     for compatibility.
348  ///
349  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
350  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
351  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
352  ///     not visible.
353  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
354
355  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
356  NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
357
358  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
359                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
360    TentativeDefinitionsType;
361
362  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
363  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
364
365  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
366                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
367    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
368
369  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
370  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
371  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
372
373  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
374                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
375    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
376
377  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
378  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
379  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
380
381  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
382  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
383  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
384  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
385                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
386      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
387
388  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
389  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
390  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
391  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
392  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
393  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
394  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
395  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
396    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
397
398  typedef llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
399  LateParsedTemplateMapT;
400  LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
401
402  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
403  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
404  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
405  void *OpaqueParser;
406
407  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
408    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
409    OpaqueParser = P;
410  }
411
412  class DelayedDiagnostics;
413
414  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
415    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
416    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
417  };
418  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
419  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
420
421  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
422  /// during parsing and other processing.
423  class DelayedDiagnostics {
424    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
425    /// diagnostics should go.
426    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
427
428  public:
429    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
430
431    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
432    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
433
434    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
435    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
436
437    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
438    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
439      return CurPool;
440    }
441
442    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
443    /// collected in this pool.
444    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
445      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
446      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
447      CurPool = &pool;
448      return state;
449    }
450
451    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
452    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
453    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
454    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
455      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
456    }
457
458    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
459    /// not delayed.
460    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
461      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
462      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
463      CurPool = 0;
464      return state;
465    }
466
467    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
468    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
469      assert(CurPool == NULL);
470      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
471    }
472  } DelayedDiagnostics;
473
474  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
475  class ContextRAII {
476  private:
477    Sema &S;
478    DeclContext *SavedContext;
479    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
480    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
481
482  public:
483    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
484      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
485        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
486        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
487    {
488      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
489      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
490    }
491
492    void pop() {
493      if (!SavedContext) return;
494      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
495      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
496      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
497      SavedContext = 0;
498    }
499
500    ~ContextRAII() {
501      pop();
502    }
503  };
504
505  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
506  /// a function body.
507  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
508    Sema &S;
509    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
510
511  public:
512    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
513      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
514    {
515      S.PushFunctionScope();
516      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
517    }
518
519    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
520      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
521      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
522    }
523  };
524
525  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
526  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
527  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
528  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
529
530  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
531  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
532  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
533  /// in the currently selected standard.
534  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
535
536
537  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
538  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
539
540  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
541  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
542  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
543  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
544  /// It would be best to refactor this.
545  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
546
547  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
548
549  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
550  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
551  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
552  Scope *TUScope;
553
554  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
555  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
556
557  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
558  /// standard library.
559  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
560
561  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
562  /// \<initializer_list>.
563  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
564
565  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
566  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
567
568  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
569  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
570
571  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
572  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
573
574  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
575  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
576
577  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
578  QualType NSNumberPointer;
579
580  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
581  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
582
583  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
584  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
585
586  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
587  QualType NSStringPointer;
588
589  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
590  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
591
592  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
593  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
594
595  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
596  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
597
598  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
599  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
600
601  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
602  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
603
604  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
605  QualType QIDNSCopying;
606
607  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
608  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
609
610  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
611  /// have been declared.
612  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
613
614  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
615  /// references to fields.  This is really a
616  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
617
618  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
619  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
620  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
621    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
622    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
623    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
624    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
625    /// run time.
626    Unevaluated,
627
628    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
629    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
630    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
631    UnevaluatedAbstract,
632
633    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
634    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
635    /// cases in a switch statement).
636    ConstantEvaluated,
637
638    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
639    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
640    /// expression at run time.
641    PotentiallyEvaluated,
642
643    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
644    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
645    /// in fact the current expression is used.
646    ///
647    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
648    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
649    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
650    /// until the default argument is used.
651    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
652  };
653
654  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
655  /// expression evaluation contexts.
656  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
657    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
658    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
659
660    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
661    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
662
663    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
664    bool IsDecltype;
665
666    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
667    /// this expression evaluation context.
668    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
669
670    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
671
672    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
673    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
674    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
675
676    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
677    /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
678    /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
679    Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
680
681    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
682    /// and block literals within this context.
683    ///
684    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
685    /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
686    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
687
688    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
689    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
690    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
691
692    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
693    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
694    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
695
696    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
697                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
698                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
699                                      Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
700                                      bool IsDecltype)
701      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
702        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
703        ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
704
705    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
706    /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
707    MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
708
709    bool isUnevaluated() const {
710      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
711    }
712  };
713
714  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
715  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
716
717  /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
718  /// block literal.
719  ///
720  /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
721  /// block literal.
722  /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
723  /// associated with the context, if relevant.
724  MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
725    const DeclContext *DC,
726    Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
727
728
729  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
730  /// function.
731  ///
732  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
733  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
734  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
735  public:
736    enum Kind {
737      NoMemberOrDeleted,
738      Ambiguous,
739      Success
740    };
741
742  private:
743    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
744
745  public:
746    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
747      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
748    {}
749
750    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
751    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
752
753    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
754    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
755  };
756
757  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
758  /// for C++ records.
759  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
760
761  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
762  ///
763  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
764  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
765  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
766  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
767  /// checks.
768  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
769
770  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
771
772  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
773  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
774
775  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
776    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
777
778  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
779  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
780  ///
781  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
782  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
783  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
784  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
785  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
786
787  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
788  // argument locations.
789  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
790
791  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
792  /// definition in this translation unit.
793  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
794
795  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
796  void getUndefinedButUsed(
797      SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
798
799  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
800  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
801
802  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
803  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
804  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
805  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
806  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
807  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
808  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
809
810  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
811  /// of -Wselector.
812  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
813
814  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
815  enum CXXSpecialMember {
816    CXXDefaultConstructor,
817    CXXCopyConstructor,
818    CXXMoveConstructor,
819    CXXCopyAssignment,
820    CXXMoveAssignment,
821    CXXDestructor,
822    CXXInvalid
823  };
824
825  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
826
827  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
828  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
829  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
830  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
831
832  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
833
834  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
835  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
836
837  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
838  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
839  /// should not be used elsewhere.
840  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
841
842  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
843  /// statements.
844  class FPContractStateRAII {
845  public:
846    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
847      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
848    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
849      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
850    }
851  private:
852    Sema& S;
853    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
854  };
855
856  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
857    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
858
859public:
860  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
861       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
862       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
863  ~Sema();
864
865  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
866  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
867  void Initialize();
868
869  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
870  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
871  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
872
873  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
874  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
875  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
876  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
877  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
878  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
879  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
880  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
881
882  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
883  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
884  ///
885  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
886  ///
887  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
888
889  void PrintStats() const;
890
891  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
892  /// template instantiation stacks.
893  ///
894  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
895  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
896  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
897  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
898  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
899  /// well.
900  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
901    Sema &SemaRef;
902    unsigned DiagID;
903
904  public:
905    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
906      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
907
908    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
909      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
910      if (!isActive()) return;
911
912      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
913      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
914      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
915      //
916      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
917      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
918      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
919      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
920      // eliminate that code.
921      FlushCounts();
922      Clear();
923
924      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
925      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
926    }
927
928    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
929    template<typename T>
930    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
931        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
932      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
933      BaseDiag << Value;
934      return Diag;
935    }
936  };
937
938  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
939  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
940    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
941    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
942  }
943
944  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
945  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
946
947  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
948  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
949
950  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
951
952  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
953  std::string
954  getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
955  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
956
957  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
958  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
959  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
960
961  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
962
963  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
964
965  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
966
967  void PushFunctionScope();
968  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
969  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
970
971  /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
972  /// is during Parsing.  Currently it is used to pass on the depth
973  /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
974  void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
975
976  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
977                               RecordDecl *RD,
978                               CapturedRegionKind K);
979  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
980                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
981
982  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
983    return FunctionScopes.back();
984  }
985
986  template <typename ExprT>
987  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
988    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
989      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
990  }
991
992  void PushCompoundScope();
993  void PopCompoundScope();
994
995  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
996
997  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
998
999  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1000  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1001
1002  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1003  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1004
1005  /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1006  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1007
1008  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1009  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1010
1011  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1012  SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1013
1014  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1015
1016  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1017  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1018  //
1019
1020  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1021                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1022  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1023                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
1024  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1025                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1026  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1027                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1028  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1029                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1030                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1031  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1032                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1033
1034  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1035
1036  /// \brief Build a function type.
1037  ///
1038  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1039  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1040  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1041  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1042  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1043  ///
1044  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1045  ///
1046  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1047  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1048  /// function parameters.
1049  ///
1050  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1051  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1052  /// type that will have function type.
1053  ///
1054  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1055  /// type, if known.
1056  ///
1057  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1058  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1059  ///
1060  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1061  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1062  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1063  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1064                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1065                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1066                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1067
1068  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1069                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1070                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1071  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1072                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1073  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1074  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1075
1076  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1077  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1078  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1079                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1080
1081  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1082  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1083  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1084  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1085  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1086  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1087  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1088                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1089  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1090  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1091  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1092  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1093      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1094      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1095  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1096      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1097      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1098      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1099      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1100      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1101      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1102      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1103  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1104      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1105      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1106      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1107  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1108      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1109      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1110
1111  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1112
1113  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1114  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1115  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1116
1117  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1118  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1119    bool Suppressed;
1120
1121    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1122
1123    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1124    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1125  };
1126
1127  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1128  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1129  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1130  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1131  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1132  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1133  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1134    return II;
1135  }
1136  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1137  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1138  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1139  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1140  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1141  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1142
1143  template<typename T1>
1144  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1145    unsigned DiagID;
1146    const T1 &Arg1;
1147
1148  public:
1149    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1150      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1151    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1152      if (Suppressed) return;
1153      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1154    }
1155
1156    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1157  };
1158
1159  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1160  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1161    unsigned DiagID;
1162    const T1 &Arg1;
1163    const T2 &Arg2;
1164
1165  public:
1166    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1167                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1168      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1169        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1170
1171    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1172      if (Suppressed) return;
1173      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1174    }
1175
1176    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1177  };
1178
1179  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1180  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1181    unsigned DiagID;
1182    const T1 &Arg1;
1183    const T2 &Arg2;
1184    const T3 &Arg3;
1185
1186  public:
1187    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1188                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1189    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1190      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1191
1192    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1193      if (Suppressed) return;
1194      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1195        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1196    }
1197
1198    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1199  };
1200
1201private:
1202  bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1203                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1204public:
1205  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1206                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1207  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1208                           unsigned DiagID);
1209
1210  template<typename T1>
1211  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1212                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1213    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1214    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1215  }
1216
1217  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1218  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1219                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1220    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1221    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1222  }
1223
1224  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1225  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1226                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1227                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1228    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1229                                                        Arg3);
1230    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1231  }
1232
1233  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1234  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1235
1236  template<typename T1>
1237  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1238    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1239    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1240  }
1241
1242  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1243  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1244                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1245    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1246    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1247  }
1248
1249  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1250  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1251                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1252    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1253                                                        Arg3);
1254    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1255  }
1256
1257  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1258                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1259  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1260
1261  template<typename T1>
1262  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1263                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1264    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1265    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1266  }
1267
1268  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1269  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1270                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1271    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1272    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1273  }
1274
1275  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1276  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1277                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1278                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1279    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1280                                                        Arg3);
1281    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1282  }
1283
1284  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1285                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1286
1287  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1288  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1289  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1290                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1291                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1292
1293  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1294  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1295  //
1296
1297  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1298  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1299  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1300  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1301  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1302  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1303  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1304  /// such as:
1305  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1306  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1307
1308  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1309
1310  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1311
1312  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1313
1314  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1315                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1316                         bool isClassName = false,
1317                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1318                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1319                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1320                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1321                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1322  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1323  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1324  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1325                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1326                               Scope *S,
1327                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1328                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1329
1330  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1331  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1332  enum NameClassificationKind {
1333    NC_Unknown,
1334    NC_Error,
1335    NC_Keyword,
1336    NC_Type,
1337    NC_Expression,
1338    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1339    NC_TypeTemplate,
1340    NC_VarTemplate,
1341    NC_FunctionTemplate
1342  };
1343
1344  class NameClassification {
1345    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1346    ExprResult Expr;
1347    TemplateName Template;
1348    ParsedType Type;
1349    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1350
1351    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1352
1353  public:
1354    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1355
1356    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1357
1358    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1359      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1360
1361    static NameClassification Error() {
1362      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1363    }
1364
1365    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1366      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1367    }
1368
1369    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1370      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1371    }
1372
1373    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1374      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1375      Result.Template = Name;
1376      return Result;
1377    }
1378
1379    static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1380      NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1381      Result.Template = Name;
1382      return Result;
1383    }
1384
1385    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1386      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1387      Result.Template = Name;
1388      return Result;
1389    }
1390
1391    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1392
1393    ParsedType getType() const {
1394      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1395      return Type;
1396    }
1397
1398    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1399      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1400      return Expr;
1401    }
1402
1403    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1404      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1405             Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1406      return Template;
1407    }
1408
1409    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1410      switch (Kind) {
1411      case NC_TypeTemplate:
1412        return TNK_Type_template;
1413      case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1414        return TNK_Function_template;
1415      case NC_VarTemplate:
1416        return TNK_Var_template;
1417      default:
1418        llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1419      }
1420    }
1421  };
1422
1423  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1424  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1425  ///
1426  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1427  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1428  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1429  ///
1430  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1431  ///
1432  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1433  ///
1434  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1435  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1436  ///
1437  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1438  ///
1439  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1440  /// disambiguate the name.
1441  ///
1442  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1443  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1444  ///        expression.
1445  ///
1446  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1447  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1448                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1449                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1450                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1451                                  const Token &NextToken,
1452                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1453                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1454
1455  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1456
1457  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1458                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1459  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1460  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1461  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1462                                    DeclarationName Name,
1463                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1464  static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1465  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1466  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1467  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1468  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1469  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1470  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1471                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1472                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1473  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1474                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1475  NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1476                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1477                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1478                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1479                                     bool &AddToScope);
1480  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1481  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1482  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1483  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1484  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1485  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1486  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1487
1488  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1489                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1490                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1491                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1492                                     bool &AddToScope);
1493  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1494  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1495
1496  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1497  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1498
1499  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1500  void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1501                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1502  void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1503                          SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1504  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1505  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1506                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1507                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1508  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1509  void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1510  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1511  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1512                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1513                                          QualType T);
1514  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1515                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1516                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1517                              StorageClass SC);
1518  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1519                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1520                                 Expr *defarg);
1521  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1522                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1523                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1524  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1525  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1526                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1527
1528  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1529                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1530  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1531  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1532  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1533  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1534  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1535  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1536  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1537                                         ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1538  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1539                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1540
1541  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1542  /// documentation comments.
1543  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1544  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1545
1546  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1547                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1548  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
1549                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition =
1550                                        0);
1551  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1552  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1553  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1554  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1555    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1556  }
1557
1558  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1559  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1560  /// code for that function.
1561  ///
1562  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1563  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1564  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1565  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1566
1567  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1568  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1569  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1570  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1571
1572  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1573  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1574  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1575
1576  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1577  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1578  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1579                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1580
1581  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1582  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1583  /// specified threshold.
1584  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1585                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1586                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1587                                              NamedDecl *D);
1588
1589  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1590  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1591                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1592                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1593
1594  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1595  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1596                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1597                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1598
1599  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1600  ///
1601  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1602  ///
1603  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1604  ///
1605  /// \param Path The module access path.
1606  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1607                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1608
1609  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1610  /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1611  void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1612
1613  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1614  /// source location.
1615  ///
1616  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1617  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1618  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1619  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1620
1621  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1622  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1623    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1624  }
1625
1626  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1627  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1628                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1629
1630  /// Scope actions.
1631  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1632  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1633
1634  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1635                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1636  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1637                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1638                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1639                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1640
1641  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1642                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1643                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1644
1645  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1646                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1647
1648  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1649                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1650                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1651                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1652
1653  enum TagUseKind {
1654    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1655    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1656    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1657    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1658  };
1659
1660  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1661                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1662                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1663                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1664                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1665                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1666                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1667                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1668                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1669
1670  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1671                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1672                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1673                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1674                                AttributeList *Attr,
1675                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1676
1677  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1678                               unsigned TagSpec,
1679                               TagUseKind TUK,
1680                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1681                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1682                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1683                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1684
1685  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1686                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1687                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1688  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1689                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1690
1691  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1692                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1693                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1694                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1695  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1696                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1697                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1698                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1699                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1700                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1701
1702  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1703                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1704                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1705                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1706                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1707                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1708                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1709                            Declarator *D = 0);
1710
1711  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1712  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1713  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1714                              bool Diagnose = false);
1715  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1716  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1717                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1718  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1719                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1720                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1721
1722  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1723  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1724                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1725                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1726                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1727
1728  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1729  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1730  /// struct, or union).
1731  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1732
1733  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1734
1735  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1736  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1737  /// member declarations.
1738  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1739                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1740                                       bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1741                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1742
1743  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1744  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1745  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1746                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1747
1748  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1749
1750  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1751  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1752  ///
1753  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1754  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1755  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1756
1757  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1758  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1759  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1760
1761  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1762                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1763                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1764                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1765                                      Expr *val);
1766  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1767  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1768                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1769
1770  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1771                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1772                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1773                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1774  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1775                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1776                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1777                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1778
1779  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1780
1781  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1782  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1783  void PopDeclContext();
1784
1785  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1786  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1787  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1788  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1789
1790  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1791  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1792  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1793
1794  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1795
1796  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1797  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1798  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1799  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1800
1801  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1802  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1803  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1804  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1805
1806  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1807  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1808  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1809  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1810
1811  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1812  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1813
1814  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1815  /// top level scope.
1816  ///
1817  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1818  ///
1819  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1820  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1821
1822  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1823  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1824  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1825  ///
1826  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1827  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1828  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1829  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1830                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1831
1832  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1833  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1834  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1835
1836  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1837  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1838                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1839  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1840
1841  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1842  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1843                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1844                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1845                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1846                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1847                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1848                                          StringRef Message,
1849                                          bool Override,
1850                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1851  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1852                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1853                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1854  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1855                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1856                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1857  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1858                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1859  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1860                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1861  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1862                              IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
1863                              int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1864  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1865                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1866
1867  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1868  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1869  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1870    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1871    AMK_None,
1872    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1873    /// an exact match.
1874    AMK_Redeclaration,
1875    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1876    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1877    AMK_Override
1878  };
1879
1880  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1881                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1882  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1883  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S,
1884                         bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1885  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1886                                    Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1887  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1888  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
1889  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
1890  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1891  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1892
1893  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1894  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1895  enum AssignmentAction {
1896    AA_Assigning,
1897    AA_Passing,
1898    AA_Returning,
1899    AA_Converting,
1900    AA_Initializing,
1901    AA_Sending,
1902    AA_Casting,
1903    AA_Passing_CFAudited
1904  };
1905
1906  /// C++ Overloading.
1907  enum OverloadKind {
1908    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1909    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1910    Ovl_Overload,
1911
1912    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1913    /// an existing declaration.
1914    Ovl_Match,
1915
1916    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1917    /// non-function.
1918    Ovl_NonFunction
1919  };
1920  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1921                             FunctionDecl *New,
1922                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1923                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1924                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1925  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1926
1927  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1928  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1929  ///
1930  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1931  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1932  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1933
1934  ImplicitConversionSequence
1935  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1936                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1937                        bool AllowExplicit,
1938                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1939                        bool CStyle,
1940                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1941
1942  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1943  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1944  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1945  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1946                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1947                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1948  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1949                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1950  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1951                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1952  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1953                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1954  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1955                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1956                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1957  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1958                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1959
1960  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1961  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1962                              CastKind &Kind,
1963                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1964                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1965  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1966                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1967                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1968  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1969                                    CastKind &Kind,
1970                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1971                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1972  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1973                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1974  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1975                            QualType &ResultTy);
1976  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1977  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1978
1979  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1980                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1981                                             QualType ResultType,
1982                                             Expr *Value,
1983                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1984
1985  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1986                                    ExprResult Init);
1987  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1988                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1989                                       ExprResult Init,
1990                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1991                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1992  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1993                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1994                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1995                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1996
1997  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1998  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1999
2000  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2001  enum CCEKind {
2002    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
2003    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2004    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2005    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2006  };
2007  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2008                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2009
2010  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2011  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2012  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2013  public:
2014    bool Suppress;
2015    bool SuppressConversion;
2016
2017    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2018                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
2019        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2020
2021    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2022    /// for this conversion.
2023    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2024
2025    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2026    /// integral or enumeration type.
2027    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2028    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2029
2030    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2031    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2032    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2033
2034    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2035    /// is explicit.
2036    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2037        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2038
2039    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2040    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2041    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2042
2043    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2044    /// functions.
2045    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2046    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2047
2048    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2049    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2050    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2051
2052    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2053    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2054    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2055        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2056
2057    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2058  };
2059
2060  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2061    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2062
2063  public:
2064    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2065                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2066        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2067          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2068
2069    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2070    bool match(QualType T);
2071
2072    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2073    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2074      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2075    }
2076
2077    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2078    /// integral or enumeration type.
2079    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2080    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2081  };
2082
2083  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2084  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2085      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2086
2087
2088  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2089    OS_Array,
2090    OS_Dictionary,
2091    OS_Error
2092  };
2093  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2094
2095  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2096  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2097  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2098    LK_Array,
2099    LK_Dictionary,
2100    LK_Numeric,
2101    LK_Boxed,
2102    LK_String,
2103    LK_Block,
2104    LK_None
2105  };
2106  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2107
2108  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2109                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2110                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2111                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2112
2113  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2114  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2115  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2116  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2117
2118  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2119                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2120                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2121                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2122                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2123                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2124                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2125  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2126                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2127                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2128                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2129                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2130  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2131                          QualType ObjectType,
2132                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2133                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2134                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2135                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2136  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2137                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2138                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2139                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2140                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2141                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2142                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2143  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2144                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2145                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2146                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2147                                  QualType ObjectType,
2148                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2149                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2150                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2151                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2152  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2153                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2154                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2155                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2156                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2157                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2158  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2159                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2160                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2161                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2162                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2163                              bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false);
2164  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2165                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2166                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2167                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2168                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2169                                    bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit = false);
2170  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2171                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2172                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2173                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2174                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2175                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2176  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2177                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2178                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2179                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2180  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2181                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2182                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2183                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2184                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2185  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2186                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2187                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2188  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2189                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2190                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2191                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2192                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2193                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2194
2195  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2196  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2197
2198  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2199  // identified by the expression Expr
2200  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2201
2202  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2203  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2204  // R (A) --> R(A)
2205  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2206  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2207  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2208  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2209
2210  FunctionDecl *
2211  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2212                                     QualType TargetType,
2213                                     bool Complain,
2214                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2215                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2216
2217  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2218                                                   bool Complain = false,
2219                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2220
2221  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2222                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2223                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2224                      bool Complain = false,
2225                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2226                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2227                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2228
2229
2230  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2231                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2232                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2233  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2234                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2235                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2236
2237  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2238                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2239                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2240                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2241
2242  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2243  // range-based for loop.
2244  enum ForRangeStatus {
2245    FRS_Success,
2246    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2247    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2248  };
2249
2250  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2251  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2252  enum BeginEndFunction {
2253    BEF_begin,
2254    BEF_end
2255  };
2256
2257  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2258                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2259                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2260                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2261                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2262                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2263                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2264                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2265
2266  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2267                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2268                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2269                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2270                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2271                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2272                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2273
2274  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2275                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2276                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2277                              ExprResult *Result);
2278
2279  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2280                                     unsigned Opc,
2281                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2282                                     Expr *input);
2283
2284  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2285                                   unsigned Opc,
2286                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2287                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2288
2289  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2290                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2291                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2292
2293  ExprResult
2294  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2295                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2296                            MultiExprArg Args,
2297                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2298  ExprResult
2299  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2300                               MultiExprArg Args,
2301                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2302
2303  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2304                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,
2305                                      bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = 0);
2306
2307  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2308  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2309  /// that best represents the call.
2310  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2311                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2312
2313  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2314  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2315                                ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2316                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2317  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2318  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2319  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2320
2321  /// \name Name lookup
2322  ///
2323  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2324  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2325  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2326  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2327  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2328  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2329  ///
2330  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2331  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2332  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2333  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2334  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2335  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2336  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2337  ///
2338  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2339  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2340  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2341  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2342  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2343  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2344  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2345  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2346  //@{
2347
2348  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2349  enum LookupNameKind {
2350    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2351    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2352    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2353    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2354    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2355    /// structs, and unions.
2356    LookupTagName,
2357    /// Label name lookup.
2358    LookupLabel,
2359    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2360    /// class/struct/union members.
2361    LookupMemberName,
2362    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2363    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2364    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2365    LookupOperatorName,
2366    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2367    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2368    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2369    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2370    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2371    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2372    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2373    LookupNamespaceName,
2374    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2375    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2376    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2377    LookupUsingDeclName,
2378    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2379    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2380    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2381    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2382    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2383    /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2384    /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2385    LookupLocalFriendName,
2386    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2387    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2388    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2389    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2390    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2391    LookupAnyName
2392  };
2393
2394  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2395  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2396  enum RedeclarationKind {
2397    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2398    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2399    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2400    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2401    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2402    ForRedeclaration
2403  };
2404
2405  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2406  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2407    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2408    LOLR_Error,
2409    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2410    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2411    LOLR_Cooked,
2412    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2413    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2414    LOLR_Raw,
2415    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2416    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2417    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2418    LOLR_Template,
2419    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2420    /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2421    /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2422    LOLR_StringTemplate
2423  };
2424
2425  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2426                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2427                                                   bool ConstArg,
2428                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2429                                                   bool RValueThis,
2430                                                   bool ConstThis,
2431                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2432
2433private:
2434  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2435
2436  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2437  //
2438  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2439  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2440  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2441
2442  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2443  /// source.
2444  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2445
2446public:
2447  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2448  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2449  ///
2450  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2451  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2452  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2453                              SourceLocation Loc,
2454                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2455                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2456                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2457  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2458                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2459  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2460                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2461  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2462                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2463                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2464  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2465                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2466                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2467
2468  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2469                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2470                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2471
2472  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2473                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2474
2475  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2476  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2477  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2478                                               unsigned Quals);
2479  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2480                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2481  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2482                                              unsigned Quals);
2483  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2484                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2485  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2486
2487  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2488                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2489                                                    bool AllowRaw,
2490                                                    bool AllowTemplate,
2491                                                    bool AllowStringTemplate);
2492  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2493
2494  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2495                               SourceLocation Loc,
2496                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2497                               ADLResult &Functions);
2498
2499  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2500                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2501                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2502  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2503                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2504                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2505
2506  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2507                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2508                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2509                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2510                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2511                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2512                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0,
2513                             bool RecordFailure = true);
2514
2515  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2516                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2517                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2518
2519  void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2520                    const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2521                    const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2522                    bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2523
2524  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2525                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2526                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2527                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2528
2529  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2530                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2531                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2532
2533  void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2534  //@}
2535
2536  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2537                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2538                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2539  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2540                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2541                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2542  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2543                                      Scope *S);
2544  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2545
2546  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2547
2548  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2549  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2550  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2551  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2552                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2553  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2554                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2555
2556  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2557
2558  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2559  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2560                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2561  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2562  bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2563                                      unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2564                                      SourceLocation *ArgLocation = 0);
2565
2566  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2567
2568  /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2569  /// wasn't specified explicitly.  This handles method types formed from
2570  /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2571  void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic);
2572
2573  /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2574  /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2575  const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2576
2577  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2578  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2579                                   SourceRange Range);
2580
2581  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2582                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2583  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2584                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2585                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2586
2587  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2588                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2589                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2590
2591  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2592  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2593  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2594                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2595                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2596
2597  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2598  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2599
2600  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2601  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2602  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2603                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2604                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2605                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2606                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2607                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2608
2609  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2610  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2611  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2612                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2613                                SourceLocation Loc);
2614
2615  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2616  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2617  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2618                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2619                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2620
2621  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2622  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2623  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2624                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2625
2626  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2627  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2628  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2629                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2630  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2631
2632  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2633  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2634  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2635            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2636            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2637
2638  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2639  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2640  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2641  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2642                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2643
2644  /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
2645  /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
2646  void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S);
2647
2648  /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
2649  /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
2650  /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
2651  ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2652                                               const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
2653
2654  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2655  /// class extensions.
2656  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2657                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2658                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2659                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2660                      Selector GetterSel,
2661                      Selector SetterSel,
2662                      const bool isAssign,
2663                      const bool isReadWrite,
2664                      const unsigned Attributes,
2665                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2666                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2667                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2668                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2669
2670  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2671  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2672  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2673                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2674                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2675                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2676                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2677                                       Selector GetterSel,
2678                                       Selector SetterSel,
2679                                       const bool isAssign,
2680                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2681                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2682                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2683                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2684                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2685                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2686
2687  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2688  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2689  /// setter or getter.
2690  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2691                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2692
2693  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2694
2695  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2696
2697  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2698    MMS_loose,
2699    MMS_strict
2700  };
2701
2702  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2703  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2704  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2705                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2706                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2707
2708  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2709  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2710  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2711                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2712                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2713                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2714                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2715                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2716                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2717                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2718                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2719
2720  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2721  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2722  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2723  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2724
2725  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2726  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2727
2728private:
2729  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2730  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2731  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2732
2733  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2734  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2735  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2736                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2737                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2738
2739  /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
2740  TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
2741                                  bool RecordFailure = true,
2742                                  bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false) {
2743    if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
2744      (void)UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo];
2745    if (RecordFailure)
2746      TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
2747    return TypoCorrection();
2748  }
2749
2750public:
2751  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2752  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2753  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2754  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2755  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2756    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2757  }
2758
2759  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2760  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2761    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2762  }
2763
2764  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2765  /// pool.
2766  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2767
2768  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2769  /// there are multiple signatures.
2770  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2771                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2772                                                   bool warn=true) {
2773    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2774                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2775  }
2776
2777  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2778  /// there are multiple signatures.
2779  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2780                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2781                                                  bool warn=true) {
2782    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2783                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2784  }
2785
2786  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2787                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2788
2789  /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2790  /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2791  /// have mismathched types.
2792  void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2793
2794  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2795  /// implementation.
2796  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2797
2798  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2799  /// initialization.
2800  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2801                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2802
2803  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2804  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2805public:
2806  class FullExprArg {
2807  public:
2808    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2809
2810    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2811    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2812    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2813    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2814
2815    ExprResult release() {
2816      return E;
2817    }
2818
2819    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2820
2821    Expr *operator->() {
2822      return E;
2823    }
2824
2825  private:
2826    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2827    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2828    friend class Sema;
2829
2830    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2831
2832    Expr *E;
2833  };
2834
2835  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2836    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2837  }
2838  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2839    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2840  }
2841  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2842    ExprResult FE =
2843      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2844                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2845    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2846  }
2847
2848  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2849  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2850
2851  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2852                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2853
2854  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2855  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2856  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2857                               ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
2858
2859  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2860  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2861  public:
2862    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2863      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2864    }
2865
2866    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2867      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2868    }
2869
2870  private:
2871    Sema &S;
2872  };
2873
2874  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2875                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2876                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2877  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2878  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2879  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2880                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2881                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2882  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2883
2884  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2885                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2886                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2887  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2888                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2889
2890  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2891                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2892                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2893
2894  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2895                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2896                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2897                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2898  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2899                                            Expr *Cond,
2900                                            Decl *CondVar);
2901  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2902                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2903  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2904                            FullExprArg Cond,
2905                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2906  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2907                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2908                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2909                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2910
2911  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2912                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2913                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2914                          Decl *SecondVar,
2915                          FullExprArg Third,
2916                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2917                          Stmt *Body);
2918  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2919                                           Expr *collection);
2920  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2921                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2922                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2923  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2924
2925  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2926    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2927    BFRK_Build,
2928    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2929    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2930    BFRK_Rebuild,
2931    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2932    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2933    BFRK_Check
2934  };
2935
2936  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2937                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2938                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2939                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2940  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2941                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2942                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2943                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2944                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2945                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2946                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2947  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2948
2949  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2950                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2951                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2952  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2953                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2954                                   Expr *DestExp);
2955  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2956  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2957
2958  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2959                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2960  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2961  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2962  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2963                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2964                                           unsigned NumParams);
2965  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2966                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2967
2968  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2969  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2970
2971  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2972                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2973                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2974                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2975                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2976                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2977
2978  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2979                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2980                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2981                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2982                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2983  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2984                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2985  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2986                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2987                            StringRef AsmString,
2988                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2989                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2990                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2991                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2992                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2993
2994  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2995                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2996                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2997                                  bool Invalid = false);
2998
2999  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3000
3001  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3002                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3003
3004  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3005
3006  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3007                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3008
3009  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3010  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3011                                  Scope *CurScope);
3012  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3013                                            Expr *operand);
3014  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3015                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
3016                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
3017
3018  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3019
3020  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3021                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
3022                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
3023                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
3024
3025  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3026
3027  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3028                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3029  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3030                              ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3031
3032  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3033                              SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3034                              Stmt *Handler);
3035
3036  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3037                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
3038                                 Stmt *Block);
3039
3040  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3041                                  Stmt *Block);
3042
3043  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3044
3045  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3046
3047  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3048  /// of it.
3049  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3050
3051  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3052  /// whose result is unused, warn.
3053  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3054  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3055
3056  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3057  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3058  ///
3059  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3060  ///     if (condition);
3061  ///       do_stuff();
3062  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3063                             const Stmt *Body,
3064                             unsigned DiagID);
3065
3066  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3067  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3068  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3069                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3070
3071  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3072    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3073  }
3074  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3075
3076  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3077  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3078    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3079  }
3080  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3081    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3082  }
3083
3084  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3085
3086  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3087                              SourceLocation Loc,
3088                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3089                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
3090
3091  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
3092
3093  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3094                                     StringRef message);
3095
3096  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3097  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3098
3099  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3100  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3101                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
3102  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3103  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3104  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3105                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3106                                        SourceLocation Loc);
3107  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3108                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3109
3110  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3111                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3112                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3113  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3114  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3115                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3116                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3117  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3118
3119  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3120
3121  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3122  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3123
3124  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3125
3126  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3127  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3128  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3129  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3130  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3131  // named expressions.
3132  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3133  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3134  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3135  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3136  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3137
3138  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3139  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3140
3141  enum TryCaptureKind {
3142    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3143  };
3144
3145  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3146  ///
3147  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3148  ///
3149  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3150  ///
3151  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3152  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3153  ///
3154  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3155  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3156  ///
3157  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3158  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3159  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3160  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3161  ///
3162  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3163  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3164  /// variable can be captured.
3165  ///
3166  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3167  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3168  /// captured.
3169  ///
3170  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3171  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3172  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3173  /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3174  /// a nested generic lambda.
3175  ///
3176  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3177  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3178  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3179                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3180                          QualType &CaptureType,
3181                          QualType &DeclRefType,
3182                          const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3183
3184  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3185  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3186                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3187                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3188
3189  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3190  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3191  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3192
3193  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3194  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3195                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3196
3197  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3198  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3199  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3200  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3201                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3202                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3203
3204  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3205  bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3206                     UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3207
3208  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3209  /// evaluation context.
3210  ///
3211  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3212  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3213  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3214  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3215  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3216                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3217
3218  // Primary Expressions.
3219  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3220
3221  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3222                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3223                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3224                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3225                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3226                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3227
3228  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3229                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3230                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3231                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3232
3233  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3234                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3235                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3236                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3237
3238  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3239                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3240                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3241
3242  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3243                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3244                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3245                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3246                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3247
3248  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3249                              ExprValueKind VK,
3250                              SourceLocation Loc,
3251                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3252  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3253                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3254                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0,
3255                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3256  ExprResult
3257  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3258      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3259      SourceLocation nameLoc,
3260      IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3261      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(0, AS_none),
3262      Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3263      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3264
3265  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3266                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3267                                             LookupResult &R,
3268                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3269  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3270                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3271                                     LookupResult &R,
3272                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3273                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3274  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3275                                  const LookupResult &R,
3276                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3277
3278  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3279                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3280                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3281  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3282                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3283                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3284                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3285
3286  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3287                                      LookupResult &R,
3288                                      bool NeedsADL);
3289  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3290      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3291      NamedDecl *FoundD = 0, const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = 0);
3292
3293  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3294                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3295                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3296                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3297                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3298
3299  ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3300                                 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3301  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3302  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3303  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3304  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3305  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3306  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3307                                SourceLocation R,
3308                                MultiExprArg Val);
3309
3310  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3311  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3312  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3313                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3314
3315  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3316                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3317                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3318                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3319                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3320                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3321  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3322                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3323                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3324                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3325                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3326                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3327
3328  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3329  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3330                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3331  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3332                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3333  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3334                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3335
3336  QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3337
3338  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3339                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3340                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3341                                            SourceRange R);
3342  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3343                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3344  ExprResult
3345    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3346                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3347                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3348                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3349
3350  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3351  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3352
3353  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3354  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3355                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3356                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3357  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3358                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3359                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3360                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3361                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3362  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3363                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3364
3365  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3366                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3367  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3368                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3369
3370  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3371                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3372                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3373                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3374                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3375                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3376                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3377
3378  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3379  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3380  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3381  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3382  // defines a custom operator->).
3383  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3384    Scope *S;
3385    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3386    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3387    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3388  };
3389
3390  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3391                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3392                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3393                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3394                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3395                                      LookupResult &R,
3396                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3397                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3398                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3399
3400  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3401  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3402                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3403                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3404                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3405                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3406
3407  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3408                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3409                                     const LookupResult &R);
3410
3411  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3412                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3413                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3414                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3415                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3416                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3417                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3418
3419  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3420                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3421                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3422                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3423                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3424                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3425                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3426                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3427
3428  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3429  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3430                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3431                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3432                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3433                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3434                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3435  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3436                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3437                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3438
3439  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3440  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3441  /// locations.
3442  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3443                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3444                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3445  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3446                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3447                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3448                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3449                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3450                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3451
3452  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3453                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3454                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3455
3456  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3457                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3458                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3459  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3460                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3461                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3462                                 Expr *Op);
3463  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3464
3465  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3466  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3467                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3468                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3469
3470  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3471
3472  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3473                                  ParsedType Ty,
3474                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3475                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3476
3477  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3478                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3479                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3480                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3481
3482  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3483                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3484                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3485
3486  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3487                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3488                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3489                                        ExprResult Init);
3490
3491  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3492                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3493  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3494                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3495  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3496                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3497
3498  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3499  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3500  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3501                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3502                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3503
3504  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3505  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3506                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3507
3508  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3509  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3510                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3511  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3512
3513  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3514  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3515    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3516    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3517    union {
3518      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3519      Expr *E;
3520    } U;
3521  };
3522
3523  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3524  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3525                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3526                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3527                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3528                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3529  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3530                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3531                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3532                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3533                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3534                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3535                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3536
3537  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3538  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3539                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3540                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3541
3542  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3543  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3544                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3545  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3546                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3547
3548  // __null
3549  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3550
3551  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3552
3553  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3554  enum IfExistsResult {
3555    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3556    IER_Exists,
3557
3558    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3559    IER_DoesNotExist,
3560
3561    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3562    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3563    IER_Dependent,
3564
3565    /// \brief An error occurred.
3566    IER_Error
3567  };
3568
3569  IfExistsResult
3570  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3571                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3572
3573  IfExistsResult
3574  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3575                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3576                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3577
3578  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3579                                        bool IsIfExists,
3580                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3581                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3582                                        Stmt *Nested);
3583  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3584                                        bool IsIfExists,
3585                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3586                                        Stmt *Nested);
3587
3588  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3589
3590  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3591  /// started.
3592  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3593
3594  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3595  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3596  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3597                           Scope *CurScope);
3598
3599  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3600  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3601  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3602
3603  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3604  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3605  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3606                                Scope *CurScope);
3607
3608  //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
3609
3610  /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
3611  ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3612                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3613                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3614
3615  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3616
3617  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3618  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3619                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3620                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3621
3622  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3623
3624  // Act on C++ namespaces
3625  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3626                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3627                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3628                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3629                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3630                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3631  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3632
3633  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3634  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3635
3636  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3637
3638  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3639  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3640  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3641
3642  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3643  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3644  ///
3645  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3646  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3647
3648  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3649  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3650  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3651
3652  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3653                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3654                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3655                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3656                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3657                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3658                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3659
3660  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3661
3662  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3663                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3664                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3665                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3666                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3667                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3668                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3669
3670  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3671  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3672                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
3673                            UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
3674  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3675                                        NamedDecl *Target,
3676                                        UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
3677
3678  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3679                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3680                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3681                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3682                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3683  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3684                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3685                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3686
3687  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3688                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3689                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3690                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3691                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3692                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3693                                   bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3694                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3695
3696  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3697
3698  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3699                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3700                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3701                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3702                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3703                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3704                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3705                              bool HasTypenameKeyword,
3706                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3707  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3708                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3709                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3710                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3711                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3712                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3713                              TypeResult Type);
3714
3715  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3716  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3717  ///
3718  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3719  ExprResult
3720  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3721                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3722                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3723                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3724                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3725
3726  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3727  // the constructor can be elidable?
3728  ExprResult
3729  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3730                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3731                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3732                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3733                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3734
3735  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3736  /// the default expr if needed.
3737  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3738                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3739                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3740
3741  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3742  /// constructed variable.
3743  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3744
3745  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3746  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3747  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3748    // Pointer to allow copying
3749    Sema *Self;
3750    // We order exception specifications thus:
3751    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3752    // throw() comes next.
3753    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3754    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3755    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3756    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3757    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3758    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3759
3760    void ClearExceptions() {
3761      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3762      Exceptions.clear();
3763    }
3764
3765  public:
3766    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3767      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3768      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3769        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3770    }
3771
3772    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3773    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3774      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3775             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3776      return ComputedEST;
3777    }
3778
3779    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3780    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3781
3782    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3783    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3784
3785    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3786    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3787
3788    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3789    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3790
3791    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3792    /// computed exception specification.
3793    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3794      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3795      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3796        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3797        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3798      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3799        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3800        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3801        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3802        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3803        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3804                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3805      }
3806    }
3807    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3808      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3809      getEPI(EPI);
3810      return EPI;
3811    }
3812  };
3813
3814  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3815  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3816  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3817  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3818                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3819
3820  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3821  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3822  /// will be const.
3823  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3824  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3825
3826  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3827  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3828  /// parameter will be const.
3829  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3830  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3831
3832  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3833  /// constructor of a class will have.
3834  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3835  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3836
3837  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3838  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3839  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3840  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3841
3842  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3843  /// destructor of a class will have.
3844  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3845  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3846
3847  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3848  /// constructor of a class will have.
3849  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3850  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3851
3852  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3853  /// special member function.
3854  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3855
3856  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3857  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3858  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3859                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3860                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3861                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3862                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3863                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3864
3865  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3866  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3867  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3868                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3869
3870  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3871  ///
3872  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3873  /// default constructor will be added.
3874  ///
3875  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3876  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3877                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3878
3879  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3880  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3881  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3882                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3883
3884  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3885  ///
3886  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3887  /// destructor will be added.
3888  ///
3889  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3890  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3891
3892  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3893  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3894  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3895                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3896
3897  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3898  ///
3899  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3900  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3901  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3902                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3903
3904  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3905  ///
3906  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3907  /// constructors will be added.
3908  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3909
3910  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3911  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3912                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3913
3914  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3915  ///
3916  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3917  /// copy constructor will be added.
3918  ///
3919  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3920  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3921
3922  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3923  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3924  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3925                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3926
3927  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3928  ///
3929  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3930  /// move constructor will be added.
3931  ///
3932  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3933  /// declared.
3934  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3935
3936  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3937  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3938  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3939                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3940
3941  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3942  ///
3943  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3944  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3945  ///
3946  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3947  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3948
3949  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3950  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3951                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3952
3953  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3954  ///
3955  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3956  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3957  ///
3958  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3959  /// wasn't declared.
3960  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3961
3962  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3963  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3964                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3965
3966  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3967  /// class.
3968  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3969
3970  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3971  /// special member function.
3972  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3973
3974  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3975  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3976  ///
3977  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3978  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3979
3980  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3981  /// member function.
3982  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3983
3984  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3985  /// static member function.
3986  ///
3987  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3988  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3989
3990  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3991  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3992  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3993  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3994
3995  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3996                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3997                               SourceLocation Loc,
3998                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3999                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
4000                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
4001
4002  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4003                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4004                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
4005
4006  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4007                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4008                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4009                               ParsedType ObjectType,
4010                               bool EnteringContext);
4011
4012  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4013
4014  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4015  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4016                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4017
4018  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4019  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4020                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4021                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4022                               Declarator &D,
4023                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4024                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4025                               Expr *E,
4026                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4027
4028  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4029                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
4030                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
4031                               Expr *E,
4032                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4033                               SourceRange Parens);
4034
4035  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4036                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4037                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4038                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4039  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4040                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4041                            Expr *Operand,
4042                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4043
4044  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4045  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4046                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4047                            void *TyOrExpr,
4048                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4049
4050  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4051                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4052                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4053                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4054  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4055                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4056                            Expr *Operand,
4057                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4058
4059  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4060  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4061                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4062                            void *TyOrExpr,
4063                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4064
4065
4066  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
4067  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4068
4069  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4070  ///
4071  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4072  QualType getCurrentThisType();
4073
4074  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4075  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4076  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4077  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4078
4079  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4080  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4081  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4082    Sema &S;
4083    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4084    bool Enabled;
4085
4086  public:
4087    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4088    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4089    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4090    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4091    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4092                     bool Enabled = true);
4093
4094    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4095  };
4096
4097  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4098  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4099  ///
4100  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4101  ///
4102  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4103  /// capture list.
4104  ///
4105  /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4106  /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4107  /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4108  /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4109  /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4110  /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4111  /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4112  bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4113      bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4114      const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = 0);
4115
4116  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4117  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4118  /// being defined.
4119  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4120
4121  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4122  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4123
4124
4125  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4126  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4127
4128  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4129  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4130
4131  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
4132  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4133  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4134                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4135  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
4136                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4137
4138  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4139  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4140  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4141  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4142  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4143                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4144                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4145                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4146
4147  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4148                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4149                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4150                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4151
4152  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4153  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4154                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4155                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4156                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4157                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4158                         Expr *Initializer);
4159  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4160                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4161                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4162                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4163                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4164                         QualType AllocType,
4165                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4166                         Expr *ArraySize,
4167                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4168                         Expr *Initializer,
4169                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4170
4171  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4172                          SourceRange R);
4173  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4174                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4175                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4176                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4177                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4178  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4179                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4180                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4181                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4182                              bool Diagnose = true);
4183  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4184  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4185                                       QualType Param1,
4186                                       QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4187                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4188
4189  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4190                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4191                                bool Diagnose = true);
4192  FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4193                                              bool CanProvideSize,
4194                                              DeclarationName Name);
4195
4196  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4197  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4198                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4199                            Expr *Operand);
4200
4201  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4202  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4203                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4204                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4205
4206  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4207                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4208  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4209                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4210
4211  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4212  /// pseudo-functions.
4213  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4214                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4215                                 ParsedType Ty,
4216                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4217
4218  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4219                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4220                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4221                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4222
4223  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4224  /// pseudo-functions.
4225  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4226                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4227                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4228                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4229                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4230
4231  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4232                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4233                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4234                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4235                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4236
4237  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4238  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4239                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4240                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4241  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4242                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4243                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4244
4245  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4246  /// pseudo-functions.
4247  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4248                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4249                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4250                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4251                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4252
4253  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4254                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4255                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4256                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4257                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4258
4259  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4260  /// pseudo-functions.
4261  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4262                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4263                                  Expr *Queried,
4264                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4265
4266  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4267                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4268                                  Expr *Queried,
4269                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4270
4271  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4272                                          Expr *Base,
4273                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4274                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4275                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4276                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4277
4278  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4279
4280  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4281                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4282                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4283                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4284                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4285                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4286                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4287                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4288                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4289
4290  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4291                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4292                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4293                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4294                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4295                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4296                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4297                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4298                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4299
4300  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4301                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4302                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4303                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4304                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4305                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4306
4307  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4308  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4309  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4310  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4311  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4312  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4313
4314  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4315    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4316                                          : SourceLocation());
4317  }
4318  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4319                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4320                                 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4321                                 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4322  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4323
4324  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4325  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4326
4327  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4328  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4329                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4330  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4331  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4332
4333  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4334  ///
4335  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4336  ///
4337  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4338  ///
4339  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4340  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4341  ///
4342  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4343  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4344                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4345
4346  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4347  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4348
4349  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4350                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4351                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4352                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4353
4354  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4355                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4356                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4357                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4358                                   QualType ObjectType,
4359                                   bool EnteringContext,
4360                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4361                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4362                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4363
4364  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4365  ///
4366  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4367  ///
4368  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4369  ///
4370  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4371  ///
4372  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4373  ///
4374  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4375  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4376  ///
4377  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4378  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4379  ///
4380  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4381  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4382  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4383  /// including this new type).
4384  ///
4385  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4386  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4387                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4388                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4389                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4390                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4391                                   bool EnteringContext,
4392                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4393
4394  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4395
4396  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4397                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4398                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4399
4400  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4401                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4402                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4403                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4404                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4405                                 bool EnteringContext);
4406
4407  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4408  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4409  ///
4410  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4411  ///
4412  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4413  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4414  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4415  /// including this new type).
4416  ///
4417  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4418  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4419  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4420  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4421  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4422  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4423  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4424  ///
4425  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4426  /// nested-name-specifier.
4427  ///
4428  ///
4429  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4430  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4431                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4432                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4433                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4434                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4435                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4436                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4437                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4438                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4439                                   bool EnteringContext);
4440
4441  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4442  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4443  /// nested-name-specifier.
4444  ///
4445  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4446  ///
4447  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4448  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4449  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4450
4451  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4452  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4453  ///
4454  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4455  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4456  ///
4457  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4458  ///
4459  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4460  /// of the annotation pointer.
4461  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4462                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4463                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4464
4465  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4466
4467  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4468  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4469  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4470  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4471  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4472  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4473  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4474
4475  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4476  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4477  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4478  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4479  /// defining scope.
4480  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4481
4482  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4483  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4484  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4485  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4486  /// class X.
4487  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4488
4489  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4490  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4491  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4492
4493  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4494  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4495                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4496                                         bool KnownDependent,
4497                                         LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4498
4499  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4500  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4501                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4502                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4503                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4504                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4505
4506  /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4507  void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4508                        CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4509                        SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4510                        LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4511                        SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
4512                        bool ExplicitParams,
4513                        bool ExplicitResultType,
4514                        bool Mutable);
4515
4516  /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
4517  /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
4518  /// not being used to initialize a reference.
4519  QualType performLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc,
4520      bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *&Init);
4521  /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
4522  ///  call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
4523  ///
4524  ///  CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
4525  ///  variables appropriately.
4526  VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
4527    QualType InitCaptureType, IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4528
4529  /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
4530  FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
4531
4532  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4533  /// given lambda.
4534  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4535
4536  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4537  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4538
4539  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4540  /// statements present in the body.
4541  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4542
4543  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4544  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4545  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4546  /// lambda.
4547  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4548                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4549
4550  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4551  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4552  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4553                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4554
4555  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4556  /// was successfully completed.
4557  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4558                             Scope *CurScope,
4559                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4560
4561  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4562  /// function pointer.
4563  ///
4564  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4565  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4566  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4567  /// block pointer conversion.
4568  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4569         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4570
4571  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4572  /// block pointer.
4573  ///
4574  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4575  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4576  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4577  /// block pointer conversion.
4578  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4579                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4580
4581  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4582                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4583                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4584                                           Expr *Src);
4585
4586  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4587  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4588                                    Expr **Strings,
4589                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4590
4591  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4592
4593  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4594  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4595  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4596  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4597  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4598                                  bool Value);
4599  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4600
4601  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4602  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4603  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4604  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4605  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4606  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4607
4608  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4609                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4610                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4611                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4612
4613  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4614                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4615                                        unsigned NumElements);
4616
4617  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4618                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4619                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4620  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4621                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4622                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4623
4624  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4625                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4626                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4627                                       ParsedType Ty,
4628                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4629
4630  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4631  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4632                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4633                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4634                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4635                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4636
4637  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4638  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4639                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4640                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4641                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4642                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4643                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4644
4645  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4646  // C++ Declarations
4647  //
4648  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4649                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4650                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4651                                       StringRef Lang,
4652                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4653  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4654                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4655                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4656
4657
4658  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4659  // C++ Classes
4660  //
4661  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4662                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4663  bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
4664
4665  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4666                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4667                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4668                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4669
4670  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4671                                 Declarator &D,
4672                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4673                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4674                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4675  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4676                                        Expr *Init);
4677
4678  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4679                                    Scope *S,
4680                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4681                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4682                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4683                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4684                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4685                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4686                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4687                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4688                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4689
4690  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4691                                    Scope *S,
4692                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4693                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4694                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4695                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4696                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4697                                    Expr *InitList,
4698                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4699
4700  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4701                                    Scope *S,
4702                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4703                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4704                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4705                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4706                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4707                                    Expr *Init,
4708                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4709
4710  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4711                                       Expr *Init,
4712                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4713
4714  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4715                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4716                                     Expr *Init,
4717                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4718                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4719
4720  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4721                                           Expr *Init,
4722                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4723
4724  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4725                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4726
4727  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4728                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4729
4730  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4731
4732
4733  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4734  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4735  /// referenced.
4736  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4737                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4738
4739  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4740  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4741  /// first use occurred.
4742  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4743
4744  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4745  /// materialized.
4746  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4747
4748  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4749  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4750  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4751  /// by code generation).
4752  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4753
4754  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4755  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4756
4757  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4758                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4759    DynamicClassesType;
4760
4761  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4762  /// unit.
4763  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4764
4765  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4766  /// given location.
4767  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4768                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4769
4770  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4771  /// in the given class as needed.
4772  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4773                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4774
4775  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4776  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4777  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4778                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4779
4780  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4781  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4782  /// vtables.
4783  ///
4784  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4785  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4786
4787  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4788
4789  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4790                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4791                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4792                            bool AnyErrors);
4793
4794  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4795  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4796                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4797                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4798                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4799                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4800  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4801
4802  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4803  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4804  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4805  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4806  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4807  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4808  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4809  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4810  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
4811                                CachedTokens &Toks);
4812  void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
4813  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4814
4815  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4816                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4817                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4818                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4819  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4820                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4821                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4822                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4823                                     bool Failed);
4824
4825  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4826                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4827                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4828  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4829                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4830  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4831                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4832
4833  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4834                                      StorageClass& SC);
4835  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4836  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4837                                     StorageClass& SC);
4838  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4839  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4840                                 StorageClass& SC);
4841  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4842
4843  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4844  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4845                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4846  void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4847
4848  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4849  // C++ Derived Classes
4850  //
4851
4852  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4853  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4854                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4855                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4856                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4857                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4858
4859  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4860                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4861                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4862                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4863                                ParsedType basetype,
4864                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4865                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4866
4867  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4868                            unsigned NumBases);
4869  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4870                           unsigned NumBases);
4871
4872  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4873  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4874
4875  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4876  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4877
4878  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4879
4880  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4881                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4882                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4883                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4884  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4885                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4886                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4887                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4888                                    DeclarationName Name,
4889                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4890
4891  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4892
4893  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4894                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4895
4896  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4897  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4898  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4899                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4900
4901  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4902  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4903  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4904                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4905
4906  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4907
4908  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4909  void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
4910
4911  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4912  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4913  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4914  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4915                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4916
4917
4918  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4919  // C++ Access Control
4920  //
4921
4922  enum AccessResult {
4923    AR_accessible,
4924    AR_inaccessible,
4925    AR_dependent,
4926    AR_delayed
4927  };
4928
4929  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4930                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4931                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4932
4933  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4934                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4935  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4936                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4937  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4938                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4939                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4940                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4941                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4942  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4943                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4944                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4945                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4946                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4947  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4948                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4949                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4950                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4951                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4952  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4953                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4954                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4955                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4956  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4957  AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4958                                 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4959                                 DeclAccessPair Found);
4960  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4961                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4962                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4963                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4964  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4965                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4966  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4967                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4968                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4969                                    unsigned DiagID,
4970                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4971                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4972  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4973  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4974  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4975                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4976                                            QualType objectType);
4977
4978  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4979                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4980  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4981                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4982
4983  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4984
4985  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4986  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4987  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4988
4989  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4990    AbstractNone = -1,
4991    AbstractReturnType,
4992    AbstractParamType,
4993    AbstractVariableType,
4994    AbstractFieldType,
4995    AbstractIvarType,
4996    AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
4997    AbstractArrayType
4998  };
4999
5000  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5001                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5002  template<typename T1>
5003  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5004                              unsigned DiagID,
5005                              const T1 &Arg1) {
5006    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
5007    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5008  }
5009
5010  template<typename T1, typename T2>
5011  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5012                              unsigned DiagID,
5013                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
5014    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
5015    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5016  }
5017
5018  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
5019  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5020                              unsigned DiagID,
5021                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
5022    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
5023    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5024  }
5025
5026  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5027
5028  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5029                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
5030
5031  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5032  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5033  //
5034
5035  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5036
5037  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5038
5039  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5040  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5041  //
5042  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5043                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5044  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5045                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5046
5047  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5048                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5049                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5050
5051  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5052                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5053                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5054                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
5055                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
5056                                  bool EnteringContext,
5057                                  TemplateTy &Template,
5058                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5059
5060  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5061                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
5062                                   Scope *S,
5063                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5064                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5065                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5066
5067  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5068  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5069
5070  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
5071                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5072                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5073                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5074                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5075                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5076                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5077                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
5078
5079  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5080  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5081                                      unsigned Depth,
5082                                      unsigned Position,
5083                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5084                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
5085  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5086                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5087                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
5088                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5089                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5090                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5091                                       unsigned Depth,
5092                                       unsigned Position,
5093                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5094                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5095
5096  TemplateParameterList *
5097  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5098                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5099                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5100                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5101                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
5102                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5103
5104  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5105  enum TemplateParamListContext {
5106    TPC_ClassTemplate,
5107    TPC_VarTemplate,
5108    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5109    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5110    TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5111    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5112    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5113    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5114  };
5115
5116  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5117                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5118                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5119  TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5120      SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5121      const CXXScopeSpec &SS, ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5122      bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5123
5124  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5125                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5126                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5127                                AttributeList *Attr,
5128                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5129                                AccessSpecifier AS,
5130                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5131                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5132                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
5133
5134  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5135                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5136
5137  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5138
5139  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5140                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5141                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5142
5143  TypeResult
5144  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5145                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5146                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5147                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5148                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5149                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5150
5151  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5152  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5153  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5154                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5155                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
5156                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5157                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5158                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
5159                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5160                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5161                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5162                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5163
5164  DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5165      Scope *S, VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5166      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5167      StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5168
5169  DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5170                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5171                                SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5172                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5173
5174  ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5175                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5176                                VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5177                                SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5178                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5179
5180  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5181                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5182                                 LookupResult &R,
5183                                 bool RequiresADL,
5184                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5185
5186  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5187                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5188                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5189                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5190
5191  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5192                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5193                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5194                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5195                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5196                                              bool EnteringContext,
5197                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5198
5199  DeclResult
5200  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5201                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5202                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5203                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5204                                   TemplateTy Template,
5205                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5206                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5207                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5208                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5209                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5210                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5211
5212  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5213                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5214                                Declarator &D);
5215
5216  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5217                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5218                                        Declarator &D);
5219
5220  bool
5221  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5222                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5223                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5224                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5225                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5226                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5227
5228  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5229                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5230                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5231
5232  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5233                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5234                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5235  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5236
5237  DeclResult
5238  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5239                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5240                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5241                             unsigned TagSpec,
5242                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5243                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5244                             TemplateTy Template,
5245                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5246                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5247                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5248                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5249                             AttributeList *Attr);
5250
5251  DeclResult
5252  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5253                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5254                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5255                             unsigned TagSpec,
5256                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5257                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5258                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5259                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5260                             AttributeList *Attr);
5261
5262  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5263                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5264                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5265                                        Declarator &D);
5266
5267  TemplateArgumentLoc
5268  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5269                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5270                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5271                                          Decl *Param,
5272                                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5273                                            &Converted,
5274                                          bool &HasDefaultArg);
5275
5276  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5277  /// argument is being checked.
5278  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5279    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5280    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5281    CTAK_Specified,
5282
5283    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5284    /// deduction.
5285    CTAK_Deduced,
5286
5287    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5288    /// via template argument deduction.
5289    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5290  };
5291
5292  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5293                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5294                             NamedDecl *Template,
5295                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5296                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5297                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5298                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5299                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5300
5301  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5302  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5303  ///
5304  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5305  /// provided.
5306  ///
5307  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5308  ///
5309  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5310  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5311  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5312  /// arguments.
5313  ///
5314  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5315  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5316  /// set of template arguments.
5317  ///
5318  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5319  /// arguments.
5320  ///
5321  ///
5322  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5323  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5324  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5325  ///
5326  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5327  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5328                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5329                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5330                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5331                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5332                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5333
5334  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5335                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5336                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5337
5338  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5339                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5340  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5341                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5342                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5343                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5344  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5345                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5346                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5347
5348  ExprResult
5349  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5350                                          QualType ParamType,
5351                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5352  ExprResult
5353  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5354                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5355
5356  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5357  /// for equality.
5358  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5359    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5360    /// that might be redeclarations.
5361    ///
5362    /// \code
5363    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5364    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5365    /// \endcode
5366    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5367
5368    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5369    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5370    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5371    ///
5372    /// \code
5373    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5374    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5375    /// \endcode
5376    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5377
5378    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5379    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5380    /// template parameter.
5381    ///
5382    /// \code
5383    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5384    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5385    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5386    /// \endcode
5387    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5388  };
5389
5390  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5391                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5392                                      bool Complain,
5393                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5394                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5395                                        = SourceLocation());
5396
5397  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5398
5399  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5400  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5401  ///
5402  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5403  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5404  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5405  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5406  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5407  TypeResult
5408  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5409                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5410                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5411
5412  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5413  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5414  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5415  ///
5416  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5417  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5418  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5419  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5420  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5421  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5422  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5423  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5424  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5425  TypeResult
5426  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5427                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5428                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5429                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5430                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5431                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5432                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5433                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5434
5435  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5436                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5437                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5438                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5439                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5440
5441  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5442                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5443                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5444  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5445
5446  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5447  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5448                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5449
5450  std::string
5451  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5452                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5453
5454  std::string
5455  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5456                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5457                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5458
5459  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5460  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5461  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5462
5463  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5464  /// being diagnosed.
5465  ///
5466  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5467  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5468  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5469    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5470    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5471
5472    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5473    UPPC_BaseType,
5474
5475    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5476    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5477
5478    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5479    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5480
5481    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5482    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5483
5484    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5485    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5486
5487    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5488    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5489
5490    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5491    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5492
5493    /// \brief A using declaration.
5494    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5495
5496    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5497    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5498
5499    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5500    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5501
5502    /// \brief An initializer.
5503    UPPC_Initializer,
5504
5505    /// \brief A default argument.
5506    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5507
5508    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5509    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5510
5511    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5512    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5513
5514    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5515    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5516
5517    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5518    UPPC_IfExists,
5519
5520    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5521    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5522
5523    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5524    UPPC_Lambda,
5525
5526    /// \brief Block expression,
5527    UPPC_Block
5528  };
5529
5530  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5531  ///
5532  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5533  ///
5534  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5535  /// parameter packs.
5536  ///
5537  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5538  ///
5539  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5540  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5541                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5542                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5543
5544  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5545  /// diagnose the error.
5546  ///
5547  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5548  ///
5549  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5550  /// packs.
5551  ///
5552  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5553  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5554                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5555
5556  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5557  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5558  ///
5559  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5560  /// parameter packs.
5561  ///
5562  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5563  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5564                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5565
5566  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5567  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5568  ///
5569  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5570  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5571  ///
5572  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5573  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5574                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5575
5576  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5577  /// diagnose the error.
5578  ///
5579  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5580  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5581  ///
5582  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5583  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5584                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5585
5586  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5587  /// diagnose the error.
5588  ///
5589  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5590  ///
5591  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5592  /// parameter packs.
5593  ///
5594  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5595  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5596                                       TemplateName Template,
5597                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5598
5599  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5600  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5601  ///
5602  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5603  /// parameter packs.
5604  ///
5605  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5606  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5607                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5608
5609  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5610  /// template argument.
5611  ///
5612  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5613  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5614  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5615                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5616
5617  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5618  /// template argument.
5619  ///
5620  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5621  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5622  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5623                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5624
5625  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5626  /// type.
5627  ///
5628  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5629  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5630  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5631                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5632
5633  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5634  /// type.
5635  ///
5636  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5637  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5638  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5639                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5640
5641  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5642  /// nested-name-specifier.
5643  ///
5644  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5645  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5646  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5647                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5648
5649  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5650  /// name.
5651  ///
5652  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5653  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5654  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5655                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5656
5657  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5658  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5659  ///
5660  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5661  /// may already be invalid.
5662  ///
5663  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5664  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5665                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5666
5667  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5668  /// creates a pack expansion.
5669  ///
5670  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5671  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5672  ///
5673  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5674  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5675
5676  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5677  /// expansion.
5678  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5679                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5680                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5681
5682  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5683  /// expansion.
5684  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5685                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5686                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5687                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5688
5689  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5690  /// creates a pack expansion.
5691  ///
5692  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5693  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5694  ///
5695  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5696  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5697
5698  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5699  /// creates a pack expansion.
5700  ///
5701  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5702  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5703  ///
5704  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5705  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5706                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5707
5708  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5709  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5710  /// transforming the pattern.
5711  ///
5712  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5713  /// pack expansion.
5714  ///
5715  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5716  /// the pack expansion.
5717  ///
5718  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5719  /// pattern.
5720  ///
5721  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5722  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5723  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5724  ///
5725  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5726  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5727  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5728  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5729  ///
5730  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5731  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5732  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5733  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5734  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5735  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5736  /// set this value in other cases.
5737  ///
5738  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5739  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5740  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5741  /// must be set.
5742  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5743                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5744                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5745                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5746                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5747                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5748                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5749
5750  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5751  /// type.
5752  ///
5753  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5754  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5755  ///
5756  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5757  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5758      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5759
5760  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5761  /// parameter packs.
5762  ///
5763  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5764  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5765  ///
5766  /// \code
5767  ///   void f(T...);
5768  /// \endcode
5769  ///
5770  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5771  /// a variadic function.
5772  ///
5773  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5774  /// false otherwise.
5775  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5776
5777  /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
5778  ///
5779  /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
5780  ///
5781  /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
5782  ///
5783  /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
5784  /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
5785  TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
5786      TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
5787      SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
5788      Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
5789
5790  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5791  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5792  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5793
5794  QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
5795
5796  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5797  ///
5798  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5799  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5800  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5801  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5802  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5803  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5804  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5805  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5806    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5807    TDK_Success = 0,
5808    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5809    TDK_Invalid,
5810    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5811    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5812    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5813    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5814    /// for every template parameter.
5815    TDK_Incomplete,
5816    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5817    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5818    TDK_Inconsistent,
5819    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5820    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5821    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5822    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5823    TDK_Underqualified,
5824    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5825    /// resulted in an error.
5826    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5827    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5828    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5829    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5830    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5831    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5832    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5833    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5834    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5835    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5836    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5837    /// template arguments for the given template.
5838    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5839    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5840    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5841    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5842    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5843    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5844  };
5845
5846  TemplateDeductionResult
5847  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5848                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5849                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5850
5851  TemplateDeductionResult
5852  DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5853                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5854                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5855
5856  TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
5857      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5858      TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5859      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5860      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
5861      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5862
5863  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5864  // deduction for a call.
5865  struct OriginalCallArg {
5866    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5867                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5868                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5869      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5870        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5871
5872    QualType OriginalParamType;
5873    unsigned ArgIdx;
5874    QualType OriginalArgType;
5875  };
5876
5877  TemplateDeductionResult
5878  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5879                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5880                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5881                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5882                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5883           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5884
5885  TemplateDeductionResult
5886  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5887                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5888                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5889                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5890                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5891
5892  TemplateDeductionResult
5893  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5894                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5895                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5896                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5897                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5898                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5899
5900  TemplateDeductionResult
5901  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5902                          QualType ToType,
5903                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5904                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5905
5906  TemplateDeductionResult
5907  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5908                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5909                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5910                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5911                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5912
5913  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
5914  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5915  /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
5916  TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
5917                                          QualType Replacement);
5918
5919  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5920  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5921    DAR_Succeeded,
5922    DAR_Failed,
5923    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5924  };
5925
5926  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5927                                  QualType &Result);
5928  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5929                                  QualType &Result);
5930  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5931  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5932                        bool Diagnose = true);
5933
5934  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5935                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5936                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5937
5938  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5939                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5940                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5941                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5942                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments1,
5943                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments2);
5944  UnresolvedSetIterator
5945  getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5946                     TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
5947                     SourceLocation Loc,
5948                     const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5949                     const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5950                     const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5951                     bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
5952
5953  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5954  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5955                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5956                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5957                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5958
5959  VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5960      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5961      VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
5962
5963  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5964                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5965                                  unsigned Depth,
5966                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5967  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5968                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5969                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5970    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5971  }
5972  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5973                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5974                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5975
5976  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5977  // C++ Template Instantiation
5978  //
5979
5980  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5981                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5982                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5983                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5984
5985  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5986  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5987    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5988    enum InstantiationKind {
5989      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5990      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5991      TemplateInstantiation,
5992
5993      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5994      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5995      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5996      /// arguments as specified.
5997      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5998      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5999
6000      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6001      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6002      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6003      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6004
6005      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6006      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6007      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6008
6009      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6010      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6011      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6012      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6013      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6014      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6015
6016      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6017      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6018      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6019      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6020
6021      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6022      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6023      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6024
6025      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6026      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6027      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6028    } Kind;
6029
6030    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6031    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6032
6033    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6034    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6035    /// arguments.
6036    NamedDecl *Template;
6037
6038    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6039    Decl *Entity;
6040
6041    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6042    /// are not part of the entity.
6043    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6044
6045    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6046    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6047
6048    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6049    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6050    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6051
6052    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6053    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6054    /// template instantiation.
6055    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6056
6057    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6058      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
6059        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
6060
6061    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6062    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6063    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6064
6065    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6066                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6067      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6068        return false;
6069
6070      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6071        return false;
6072
6073      switch (X.Kind) {
6074      case TemplateInstantiation:
6075      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6076        return true;
6077
6078      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6079      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6080        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6081
6082      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6083      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6084      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6085      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6086        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6087
6088      }
6089
6090      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6091    }
6092
6093    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6094                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6095      return !(X == Y);
6096    }
6097  };
6098
6099  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6100  ///
6101  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6102  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6103  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6104  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6105  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6106    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6107
6108  /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6109  /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6110  SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6111
6112  /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6113  /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6114  /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6115  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6116
6117  /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6118  /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6119  /// template defined within it.
6120  llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6121
6122  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6123  /// template instantiation.
6124  ///
6125  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6126  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6127  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6128
6129  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6130  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6131  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6132  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6133
6134  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6135  /// error or warning was produced.
6136  ///
6137  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6138  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6139  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6140  /// to implement it anywhere else.
6141  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6142
6143  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6144  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6145  ///
6146  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6147  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6148  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6149  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6150
6151  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6152  /// within a \c Sema object.
6153  ///
6154  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6155  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6156    Sema &Self;
6157    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6158
6159  public:
6160    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6161      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6162      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6163    }
6164
6165    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6166      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6167    }
6168  };
6169
6170  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6171
6172  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
6173  ///
6174  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
6175  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
6176  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
6177
6178  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6179  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6180  /// deduction.
6181  ///
6182  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6183  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6184    SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6185  SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6186
6187  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6188  /// instantiation.
6189  ///
6190  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6191  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6192  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6193  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6194  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6195  ///
6196  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6197  /// the stack.
6198  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6199    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6200    /// function template, or a member thereof.
6201    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6202                          Decl *Entity,
6203                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6204
6205    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6206    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6207    /// of a function template.
6208    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6209                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6210                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6211
6212    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6213    /// template-id.
6214    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6215                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6216                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6217                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6218
6219    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6220    /// template-id.
6221    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6222                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6223                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6224                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6225                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6226                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6227
6228    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6229    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6230    /// specialization.
6231    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6232                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6233                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6234                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6235                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6236
6237    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6238    /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6239    /// specialization.
6240    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6241                          VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6242                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6243                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6244                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6245
6246    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6247                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6248                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6249                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6250
6251    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6252    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6253    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6254                          NamedDecl *Template,
6255                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6256                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6257                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6258
6259    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6260                          NamedDecl *Template,
6261                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6262                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6263                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6264
6265    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6266    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6267    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6268                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6269                          NamedDecl *Param,
6270                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6271                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6272
6273
6274    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6275    void Clear();
6276
6277    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6278
6279    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6280    /// recursive template instantiations.
6281    bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6282
6283  private:
6284    Sema &SemaRef;
6285    bool Invalid;
6286    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6287    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6288                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6289
6290    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6291
6292    InstantiatingTemplate&
6293    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6294  };
6295
6296  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6297
6298  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6299  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6300  /// errors.
6301  ///
6302  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6303  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6304  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6305  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6306  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6307
6308  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6309  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6310  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6311    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6312           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6313    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6314  }
6315
6316  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6317  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6318  /// deduction.
6319  class SFINAETrap {
6320    Sema &SemaRef;
6321    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6322    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6323    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6324
6325  public:
6326    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6327      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6328        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6329                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6330        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6331    {
6332      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6333        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6334      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6335    }
6336
6337    ~SFINAETrap() {
6338      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6339      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6340        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6341      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6342    }
6343
6344    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6345    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6346      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6347    }
6348  };
6349
6350  /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6351  /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6352  /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6353  /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6354  class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6355    Sema &SemaRef;
6356    // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6357    SFINAETrap Trap;
6358    bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6359  public:
6360    explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6361        : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6362          PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6363      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6364    }
6365    ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6366      SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6367    }
6368  };
6369
6370  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6371  /// variables.
6372  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6373
6374  /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6375  /// disabled.
6376  bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6377
6378  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6379  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6380
6381  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6382    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6383
6384  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6385  /// name lookup.
6386  ///
6387  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6388  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6389  /// string represents a keyword.
6390  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6391
6392  typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6393  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6394
6395  /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6396  /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6397  /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6398  IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6399
6400  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6401  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6402
6403  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6404  ///
6405  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6406  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6407  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6408  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6409  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6410  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6411  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6412
6413  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6414  /// but have not yet been performed.
6415  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6416
6417  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6418  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6419  ///
6420  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6421  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6422  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6423  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6424  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6425
6426  class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6427  public:
6428    SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6429      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6430          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6431    }
6432
6433    ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6434      assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6435             "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6436      SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6437          S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6438    }
6439
6440  private:
6441    Sema &S;
6442    std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6443    SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6444  };
6445
6446  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6447
6448  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6449                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6450                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6451
6452  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6453                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6454                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6455
6456  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6457                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6458                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6459
6460  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6461                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6462                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6463                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6464                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6465                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6466  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6467                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6468                                int indexAdjustment,
6469                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6470                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6471  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6472                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6473                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6474                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6475                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6476  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6477                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6478
6479  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6480  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6481  ///
6482  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6483  ///
6484  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6485  ///
6486  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6487  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6488  ///
6489  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6490  ///
6491  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6492  ///
6493  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6494  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6495                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6496                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6497
6498  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6499                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6500
6501  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6502                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6503
6504  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6505                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6506                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6507
6508  bool
6509  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6510                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6511                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6512
6513  bool
6514  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6515                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6516                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6517                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6518                   bool Complain = true);
6519
6520  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6521                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6522                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6523                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6524
6525  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6526    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6527    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6528    Decl *NewDecl;
6529
6530    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6531                              Decl *D)
6532      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6533    { }
6534  };
6535  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6536
6537  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6538                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6539                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6540                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6541
6542  bool
6543  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6544                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6545                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6546                           bool Complain = true);
6547
6548  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6549                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6550                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6551                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6552
6553  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6554                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6555                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6556                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6557
6558  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6559  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6560                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6561
6562  DeclarationNameInfo
6563  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6564                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6565  TemplateName
6566  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6567                    SourceLocation Loc,
6568                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6569  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6570             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6571             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6572
6573  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6574                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6575  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6576                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6577                                     bool Recursive = false,
6578                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6579  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
6580      VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
6581      const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
6582      const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
6583      SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
6584      SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
6585      LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6586      LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = 0);
6587  VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
6588      VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
6589      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6590  void
6591  BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
6592                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6593                             LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
6594                             DeclContext *Owner,
6595                             LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
6596                             bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
6597  void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
6598      VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
6599      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6600  void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6601                                     VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
6602                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6603  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6604                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6605                                     VarDecl *Var,
6606                                     bool Recursive = false,
6607                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6608
6609  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6610                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6611                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6612
6613  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6614                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6615  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6616                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6617
6618  // Objective-C declarations.
6619  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6620    OCK_None = -1,
6621    OCK_Interface = 0,
6622    OCK_Protocol,
6623    OCK_Category,
6624    OCK_ClassExtension,
6625    OCK_Implementation,
6626    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6627  };
6628  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6629
6630  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6631                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6632                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6633                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6634                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6635                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6636                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6637                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6638                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6639                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6640
6641  void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
6642                               IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6643                               SourceLocation SuperLoc);
6644
6645  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6646                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6647                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6648                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6649
6650  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6651    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6652    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6653    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6654
6655  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6656                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6657                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6658                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6659                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6660                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6661                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6662
6663  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6664                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6665                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6666                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6667                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6668                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6669                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6670                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6671                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6672
6673  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6674                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6675                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6676                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6677                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6678
6679  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6680                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6681                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6682                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6683                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6684
6685  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6686                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6687
6688  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6689                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6690                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6691                                     unsigned NumElts);
6692
6693  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6694                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6695                                        unsigned NumElts,
6696                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6697
6698  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6699                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6700                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6701                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6702
6703  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6704  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6705  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6706  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6707                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6708                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6709                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6710
6711  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6712  /// setters and getters as needed.
6713  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6714  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6715  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6716  ///        in class extension.
6717  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6718  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6719                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6720                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6721                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6722
6723
6724  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6725                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6726                                const IdentifierInfo *Name,
6727                                bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
6728
6729  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6730                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6731
6732  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6733                   ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
6734                   ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
6735
6736  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6737                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6738                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6739                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6740                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6741                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6742                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6743
6744  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6745                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6746                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6747                              bool ImplKind,
6748                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6749                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6750                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6751
6752  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6753    OSMK_None,
6754    OSMK_Alloc,
6755    OSMK_New,
6756    OSMK_Copy,
6757    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6758    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6759  };
6760
6761  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6762    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6763    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6764    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6765    // in this case.
6766    ParsedType Type;
6767    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6768
6769    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6770    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6771  };
6772
6773  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6774    Scope *S,
6775    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6776    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6777    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6778    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6779    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6780    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6781    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6782    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6783    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6784    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6785    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6786
6787  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6788                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6789                                              bool IsInstance);
6790  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6791                                           bool IsInstance);
6792
6793  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6794  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6795
6796  ExprResult
6797  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6798                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6799                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6800                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6801                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6802                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6803                            bool Super);
6804
6805  ExprResult
6806  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6807                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6808                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6809                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6810
6811  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6812
6813  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6814  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6815  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6816    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6817    ObjCSuperMessage,
6818    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6819    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6820    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6821    /// name.
6822    ObjCClassMessage
6823  };
6824
6825  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6826                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6827                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6828                                     bool IsSuper,
6829                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6830                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6831
6832  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6833                               Selector Sel,
6834                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6835                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6836                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6837                               MultiExprArg Args);
6838
6839  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6840                               QualType ReceiverType,
6841                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6842                               Selector Sel,
6843                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6844                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6845                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6846                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6847                               MultiExprArg Args,
6848                               bool isImplicit = false);
6849
6850  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6851                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6852                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6853                                       Selector Sel,
6854                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6855                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6856
6857  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6858                               ParsedType Receiver,
6859                               Selector Sel,
6860                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6861                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6862                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6863                               MultiExprArg Args);
6864
6865  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6866                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6867                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6868                                  Selector Sel,
6869                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6870                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6871                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6872                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6873                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6874                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6875
6876  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6877                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6878                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6879                                          Selector Sel,
6880                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6881                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6882
6883  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6884                                  Expr *Receiver,
6885                                  Selector Sel,
6886                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6887                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6888                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6889                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6890
6891  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6892                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6893                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6894                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6895                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6896
6897  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6898                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6899                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6900                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6901                                  ParsedType Type,
6902                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6903                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6904
6905  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6906
6907  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6908  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6909  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6910                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6911
6912  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6913  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6914    RTC_Compatible,
6915    RTC_Incompatible,
6916    RTC_Unknown
6917  };
6918
6919  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6920                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6921                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6922
6923  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6924    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6925    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6926    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6927    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6928    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6929    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6930  };
6931
6932  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6933  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6934                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6935
6936  enum PragmaPackKind {
6937    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6938    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6939    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6940    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6941  };
6942
6943  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6944    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6945    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6946  };
6947
6948  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6949    PCK_Unknown,
6950    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6951    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6952    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6953    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6954    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6955  };
6956
6957  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6958  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6959                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6960                       Expr *Alignment,
6961                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6962                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6963                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6964
6965  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6966  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6967
6968  /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
6969  /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6970  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6971
6972  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6973  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6974
6975  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6976  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6977                         Scope *curScope,
6978                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6979
6980  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6981  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6982                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6983
6984  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6985                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6986  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6987
6988  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6989  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6990                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6991                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6992
6993  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6994  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6995  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6996                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6997                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6998                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6999                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7000
7001  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7002  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7003                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7004                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7005                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7006                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7007
7008  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7009  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7010  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7011
7012  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7013  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7014  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7015
7016  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7017  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7018
7019  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7020  void FreePackedContext();
7021
7022  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7023  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7024  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7025                                   SourceLocation Loc);
7026
7027  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7028  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7029  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7030
7031  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7032  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7033  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7034
7035  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7036  void FreeVisContext();
7037
7038  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7039  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7040  /// the appropriate attribute.
7041  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7042
7043  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7044  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7045                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7046  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7047                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7048
7049  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7050private:
7051  void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7052  /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7053  void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7054  void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7055public:
7056  /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7057  void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7058                           const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7059                           Scope *CurScope);
7060  /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7061  void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7062
7063  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7064  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7065  /// threadprivate'.
7066  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7067                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7068                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7069  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7070  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7071                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7072                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7073  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7074  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7075                                     SourceLocation Loc,
7076                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7077
7078  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind,
7079                                            ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7080                                            Stmt *AStmt,
7081                                            SourceLocation StartLoc,
7082                                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
7083  /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7084  /// of the  associated statement.
7085  StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7086                                          Stmt *AStmt,
7087                                          SourceLocation StartLoc,
7088                                          SourceLocation EndLoc);
7089
7090  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7091                                     unsigned Argument,
7092                                     SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
7093                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7094                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7095                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7096  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
7097  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
7098                                      SourceLocation KindLoc,
7099                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7100                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7101                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7102
7103  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7104                                      ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars,
7105                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7106                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7107                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7108  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
7109  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7110                                      SourceLocation StartLoc,
7111                                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7112                                      SourceLocation EndLoc);
7113  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
7114  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7115                                           SourceLocation StartLoc,
7116                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7117                                           SourceLocation EndLoc);
7118  /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
7119  OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
7120                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
7121                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7122                                     SourceLocation EndLoc);
7123
7124  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
7125  enum CheckedConversionKind {
7126    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
7127    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
7128    /// \brief A C-style cast.
7129    CCK_CStyleCast,
7130    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
7131    CCK_FunctionalCast,
7132    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
7133    CCK_OtherCast
7134  };
7135
7136  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
7137  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
7138  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
7139  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
7140                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
7141                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
7142                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
7143                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7144
7145  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
7146  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
7147  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
7148
7149  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
7150  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
7151  /// required.
7152  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
7153
7154  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
7155  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7156  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
7157
7158  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
7159  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
7160  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
7161
7162  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
7163  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
7164  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
7165  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7166
7167  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
7168  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
7169  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
7170  // type.
7171  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
7172
7173  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
7174  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
7175  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
7176  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
7177
7178  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
7179  enum VariadicCallType {
7180    VariadicFunction,
7181    VariadicBlock,
7182    VariadicMethod,
7183    VariadicConstructor,
7184    VariadicDoesNotApply
7185  };
7186
7187  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7188                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7189                                       Expr *Fn);
7190
7191  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
7192  // vararg function.
7193  enum VarArgKind {
7194    VAK_Valid,
7195    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
7196    VAK_Undefined,
7197    VAK_Invalid
7198  };
7199
7200  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
7201  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
7202
7203  /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
7204  /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
7205  void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
7206
7207  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
7208  /// form of call prototypes.
7209  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
7210                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7211                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7212                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
7213                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
7214                              SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
7215                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
7216                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
7217                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
7218
7219  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
7220  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
7221  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
7222                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
7223
7224  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
7225  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
7226  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
7227  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
7228  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
7229  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7230                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
7231
7232  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
7233  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
7234  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
7235  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
7236  /// source and destination type.
7237  enum AssignConvertType {
7238    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
7239    Compatible,
7240
7241    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
7242    /// accept as an extension.
7243    PointerToInt,
7244
7245    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
7246    /// accept as an extension.
7247    IntToPointer,
7248
7249    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
7250    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
7251    FunctionVoidPointer,
7252
7253    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
7254    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
7255    IncompatiblePointer,
7256
7257    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
7258    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
7259    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
7260    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
7261    IncompatiblePointerSign,
7262
7263    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
7264    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
7265    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7266
7267    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
7268    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
7269    /// like address spaces.
7270    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
7271
7272    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
7273    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
7274    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
7275    /// extension.
7276    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
7277
7278    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
7279    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
7280    IncompatibleVectors,
7281
7282    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
7283    /// pointer. We disallow this.
7284    IntToBlockPointer,
7285
7286    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
7287    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
7288    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
7289
7290    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
7291    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
7292    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
7293    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
7294
7295    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
7296    /// object with __weak qualifier.
7297    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
7298
7299    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
7300    /// represent it in the AST.
7301    Incompatible
7302  };
7303
7304  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
7305  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
7306  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
7307  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
7308                                SourceLocation Loc,
7309                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7310                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
7311                                bool *Complained = 0);
7312
7313  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
7314  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
7315  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
7316                              Expr *SrcExpr);
7317
7318  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
7319  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
7320  /// C99 6.5.16.
7321  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
7322                                               QualType LHSType,
7323                                               QualType RHSType);
7324
7325  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
7326  /// RHS to the LHS type.
7327  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7328                                               ExprResult &RHS,
7329                                               CastKind &Kind);
7330
7331  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
7332  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
7333  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
7334  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
7335                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
7336                                                     bool Diagnose = true,
7337                                                     bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7338
7339  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
7340  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
7341  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
7342                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
7343
7344  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7345
7346  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
7347
7348  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7349                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7350                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
7351  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7352                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7353                                       bool AllowExplicit,
7354                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
7355  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7356                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
7357                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7358                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
7359                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
7360  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
7361                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
7362                                       AssignmentAction Action,
7363                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7364
7365  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
7366  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
7367
7368  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
7369  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7370                           ExprResult &RHS);
7371  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7372    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7373    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7374  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7375    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7376    bool IsDivide);
7377  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7378    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7379    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7380  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7381    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7382    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7383  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7384    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7385    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7386  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7387    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7388    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7389  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7390    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7391                                bool isRelational);
7392  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7393    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7394    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7395  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7396    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7397  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7398  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7399  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7400  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7401    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7402
7403  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7404                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7405  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7406                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7407                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7408  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7409  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7410
7411  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7412    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7413    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7414  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7415    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7416    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7417  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7418                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7419  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7420                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7421                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7422    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7423    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7424                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7425    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7426    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7427    return Composite;
7428  }
7429
7430  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7431                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7432
7433  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7434                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7435
7436  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7437  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7438                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7439  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7440  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7441                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7442  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7443                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7444
7445  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7446  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7447
7448  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7449
7450  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7451  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7452  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7453  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7454    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7455    /// reference binding is not possible.
7456    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7457    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7458    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7459    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7460    Ref_Related,
7461    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7462    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7463    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7464    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7465    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7466    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7467    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7468    Ref_Compatible
7469  };
7470
7471  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7472                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7473                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7474                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7475                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7476
7477  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7478                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7479                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7480
7481  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7482  /// given type.
7483  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7484
7485  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7486  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7487  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7488                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7489
7490  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7491  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7492  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7493  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7494  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7495                       CastKind &Kind);
7496
7497  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7498  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7499  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7500  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7501  // returns the cast expr
7502  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7503                                CastKind &Kind);
7504
7505  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7506                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7507                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7508                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7509
7510  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7511
7512  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7513  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7514  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7515                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7516                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK,
7517                                             bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false);
7518
7519  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7520  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7521
7522  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7523                                             QualType ExprType);
7524
7525  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7526  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7527  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7528  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7529  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7530
7531  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7532  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7533  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7534
7535  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7536  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7537  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7538
7539  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7540  /// \param Method - May be null.
7541  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7542  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7543  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7544                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7545                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7546                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7547                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7548                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7549                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7550
7551  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7552  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7553  /// and the form of the message send.
7554  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7555                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7556                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7557
7558  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7559  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7560  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7561
7562  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7563  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7564  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7565  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7566
7567  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7568  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7569  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7570  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7571  ///
7572  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7573  /// 'if' keyword.
7574  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7575  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7576
7577  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7578                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7579
7580  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7581  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7582  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7583
7584  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7585  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7586  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7587
7588  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7589  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7590
7591  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7592  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7593  /// the specified diagnostic.
7594  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7595                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7596                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7597
7598  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7599  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7600  /// in the global scope.
7601  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7602
7603  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7604  /// expression violations.
7605  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7606  public:
7607    bool Suppress;
7608
7609    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7610
7611    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7612    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7613    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7614  };
7615
7616  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7617  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7618  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7619  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7620                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7621                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7622  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7623                                             unsigned DiagID,
7624                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7625  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7626
7627  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7628  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7629  /// Returns false on success.
7630  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7631  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7632                            QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
7633                            Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7634
7635  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7636    CFT_Device,
7637    CFT_Global,
7638    CFT_Host,
7639    CFT_HostDevice
7640  };
7641
7642  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7643
7644  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7645                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7646
7647  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7648    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7649                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7650  }
7651
7652  /// \name Code completion
7653  //@{
7654  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7655  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7656    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7657    PCC_Namespace,
7658    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7659    PCC_Class,
7660    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7661    /// or category.
7662    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7663    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7664    /// category implementation
7665    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7666    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7667    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7668    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7669    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7670    /// headers.
7671    PCC_Template,
7672    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7673    /// headers within a class.
7674    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7675    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7676    PCC_Expression,
7677    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7678    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7679    PCC_Statement,
7680    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7681    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7682    PCC_ForInit,
7683    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7684    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7685    PCC_Condition,
7686    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7687    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7688    /// in the grammar.
7689    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7690    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7691    PCC_Type,
7692    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7693    /// might also be a type cast.
7694    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7695    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7696    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7697    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7698  };
7699
7700  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7701  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7702                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7703  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7704                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7705                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7706
7707  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7708  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7709                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7710  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7711                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7712                                       bool IsArrow);
7713  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7714  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7715  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7716  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7717  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7718  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7719  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7720  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7721  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7722
7723  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7724                               bool EnteringContext);
7725  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7726  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7727  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7728  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7729  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7730  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
7731                                Decl *Constructor,
7732                                ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
7733
7734  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7735                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7736
7737  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7738  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7739  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7740  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7741  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7742  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7743  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7744  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7745                                   bool IsParameter);
7746  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7747  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7748                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7749                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7750  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7751                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7752                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7753                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7754  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7755                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7756                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7757                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7758  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7759                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7760  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7761                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7762  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7763                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7764  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7765  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7766  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7767                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7768                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7769  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7770  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7771                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7772                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7773  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7774                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7775                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7776  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7777  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7778                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7779  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7780                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7781                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7782  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7783                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7784                                          bool AtParameterName,
7785                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7786                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7787  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7788  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7789  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7790  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7791  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7792                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7793                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7794                                             unsigned Argument);
7795  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7796  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7797                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7798                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7799  //@}
7800
7801  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7802  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7803
7804public:
7805  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7806                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7807
7808private:
7809  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7810                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7811                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7812  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7813  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7814  // FunctionDeclaration.
7815  struct FormatStringInfo {
7816    unsigned FormatIdx;
7817    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7818    bool HasVAListArg;
7819  };
7820
7821  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7822                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7823  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7824                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7825  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7826                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7827  bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7828                        const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7829  bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7830  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7831                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7832                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7833                            SourceLocation Loc);
7834
7835  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7836                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7837                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7838                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7839
7840
7841  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7842
7843  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7844
7845  bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7846  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7847  bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7848  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7849
7850  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7851  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7852  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7853
7854public:
7855  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7856  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7857  ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7858                                   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
7859                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7860
7861private:
7862  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7863  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7864  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7865  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7866  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7867                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7868  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7869                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7870
7871public:
7872  enum FormatStringType {
7873    FST_Scanf,
7874    FST_Printf,
7875    FST_NSString,
7876    FST_Strftime,
7877    FST_Strfmon,
7878    FST_Kprintf,
7879    FST_Unknown
7880  };
7881  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7882
7883  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7884                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7885                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7886                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7887                         VariadicCallType CallType,
7888                         llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7889
7890private:
7891  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7892                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7893                            bool IsCXXMember,
7894                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7895                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7896                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7897  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7898                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7899                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7900                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7901                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
7902                            llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
7903
7904  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7905                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7906                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7907
7908  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7909                               unsigned BId,
7910                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7911
7912  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7913                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7914
7915  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7916                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7917
7918  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7919                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7920  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7921  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7922  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7923  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7924
7925  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7926  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7927  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7928                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7929
7930  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7931                                   Expr *Init);
7932
7933public:
7934  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7935  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7936                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7937                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7938
7939  struct TypeTagData {
7940    TypeTagData() {}
7941
7942    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7943        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7944        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7945    {}
7946
7947    QualType Type;
7948
7949    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7950    /// layout-compatibility.
7951    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7952    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7953  };
7954
7955  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7956  /// identifies the magic value.
7957  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7958
7959private:
7960  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7961  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7962      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7963
7964  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7965  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7966  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7967                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7968
7969  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7970  ///
7971  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7972  Scope *CurScope;
7973
7974  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7975  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
7976
7977protected:
7978  friend class Parser;
7979  friend class InitializationSequence;
7980  friend class ASTReader;
7981  friend class ASTWriter;
7982
7983public:
7984  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7985  ///
7986  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7987  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7988  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7989  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7990  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7991  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7992  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7993
7994  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7995  IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
7996
7997  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7998
7999  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
8000    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
8001  }
8002
8003  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
8004
8005  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
8006    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
8007    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
8008    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
8009      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
8010    return DC;
8011  }
8012};
8013
8014/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
8015class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
8016  Sema &Actions;
8017
8018public:
8019  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8020                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8021                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
8022                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
8023    : Actions(Actions) {
8024    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
8025                                            IsDecltype);
8026  }
8027  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
8028                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
8029                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
8030                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
8031    : Actions(Actions) {
8032    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
8033                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
8034                                            IsDecltype);
8035  }
8036
8037  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
8038    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
8039  }
8040};
8041
8042DeductionFailureInfo
8043MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
8044                         sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
8045
8046/// \brief Contains a late templated function.
8047/// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
8048struct LateParsedTemplate {
8049  CachedTokens Toks;
8050  /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
8051  Decl *D;
8052};
8053
8054} // end namespace clang
8055
8056#endif
8057